blob: 7f71f9c66bf643868d2ab4f1a6aaa38883285d30 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000040/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
41/// decls.
42///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
44/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000045///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000046bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000047 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000048 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 }
51
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000052 // See if the decl is unavailable
53 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
54 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
55 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
56 }
57
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000058 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000059 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
61 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
62 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
63 return true;
64 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000065 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000066
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000067 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000068}
69
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000070/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000071/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
73///
74void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000076 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000078 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000079 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
80 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000082 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
83 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000084 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000085 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
86 int isMethod = 0;
87 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
88 // skip over named parameters.
89 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
90 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
91 if (nullPos)
92 --nullPos;
93 else
94 ++i;
95 }
96 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
97 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +000098 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000099 // skip over named parameters.
100 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
101 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
102 if (nullPos)
103 --nullPos;
104 else
105 ++i;
106 }
107 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000108 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000109 // block or function pointer call.
110 QualType Ty = V->getType();
111 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000112 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000113 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
114 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000115 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
116 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
117 unsigned k;
118 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
119 if (nullPos)
120 --nullPos;
121 else
122 ++i;
123 }
124 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
125 }
126 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
127 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000128 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000129 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000131 return;
132
133 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000134 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 return;
137 }
138 int sentinel = i;
139 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
140 --sentinelPos;
141 ++i;
142 }
143 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
144 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000145 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000146 return;
147 }
148 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
149 ++i;
150 ++sentinel;
151 }
152 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
153 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000154 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
155 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 }
159 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000160}
161
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000162SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
163 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
164 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
165}
166
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000167//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
168// Standard Promotions and Conversions
169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
172void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
173 QualType Ty = E->getType();
174 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000177 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000178 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000179 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
180 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
181 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
182 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
183 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
184 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
185 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000186 //
187 // C++ 4.2p1:
188 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
189 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
190 //
191 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
192 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000193 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
194 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000195 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196}
197
198/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
201/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
202/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
203Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
204 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
205 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000206
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000207 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
208 //
209 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
210 // unsigned int may be used:
211 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
212 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
213 // and unsigned int.
214 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
215 //
216 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
217 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
218 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
219 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000220 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
221 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000222 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 return Expr;
224 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000225 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000226 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000227 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000229 }
230
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000232 return Expr;
233}
234
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000235/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000236/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000237/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
238void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
239 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
240 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000241
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000242 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000243 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000244 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000245 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
246 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
249}
250
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000251/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
252/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
253/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
254/// completely illegal.
255bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000256 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000257
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000258 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
259 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
260 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
261 << Expr->getType() << CT;
262 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000263 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000264
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000265 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
266 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
267 << Expr->getType() << CT;
268
269 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000270}
271
272
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000273/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
274/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000275/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
277/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
278/// GCC.
279QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
280 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000281 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000282 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283
284 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000288 QualType lhs =
289 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000292
293 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
294 if (lhs == rhs)
295 return lhs;
296
297 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
298 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
299 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
300 return lhs;
301
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000302 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000303 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000304 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
305 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
309
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000310 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000312 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
313 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000314 return destType;
315}
316
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
318// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
320
321
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000322/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000323/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
324/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
325/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
326/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000327///
328Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000329Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000330 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
331
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000332 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000333 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000334 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000335
336 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
337 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
338 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000339
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000340 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000341 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000343
344 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
346 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000347
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000348 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
349 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
350 // strings.
351 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000352 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000354
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000355 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000357 Literal.GetStringLength(),
358 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
359 &StringTokLocs[0],
360 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361}
362
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000363/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
364/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
365/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
366/// for values inside the block or for globals).
367///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000368/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
369/// up-to-date.
370///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000371static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
372 ValueDecl *VD) {
373 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
374 // we wanted to.
375 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
376 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000378 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
379 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
380 return false;
381
382 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
383 // snapshot it.
384 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
385 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000386 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
387 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000388
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
390 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
391
392 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
393 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
394 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
395 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
396 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
397 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
398 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
399 // having a reference outside it.
400 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
401 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000403 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
404 // a snapshot as well.
405 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
406 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409}
410
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411
412
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000413/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000414Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000415Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
416 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
417 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000418 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
419 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000420 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000421 << D->getDeclName();
422 return ExprError();
423 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000425 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
426 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
427 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
428 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000430 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000432 << D->getIdentifier();
433 return ExprError();
434 }
435 }
436 }
437 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000439 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000441 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
442 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
443 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
444 D, Loc,
445 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000448/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
449/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
450/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000451static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
452 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000454 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000456 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
457 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
458 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000459 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000461 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 D != DEnd; ++D) {
463 if (*D == Record) {
464 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
465 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
466 ++D;
467 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000468 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000469 return *D;
470 }
471 }
472
473 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
474 return 0;
475}
476
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000477/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
478/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
479/// actual member.
480///
481/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
482/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
483/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
484/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
485/// we found.
486///
487/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
488/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
489/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
490VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
491 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
493 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
494 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
495
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000496 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000497 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
498 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
499 do {
500 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000501 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000502 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000503 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 else {
505 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
506 break;
507 }
508 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000511
512 return BaseObject;
513}
514
515Sema::OwningExprResult
516Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
517 FieldDecl *Field,
518 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
519 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
520 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000521 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000522 AnonFields);
523
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
525 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
526 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
527 // found via name lookup.
528 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000529 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 if (BaseObject) {
531 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
532 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000533 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000534 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000535 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000536 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000537 BaseQuals
538 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000539 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
540 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
541 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
542 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
543 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000544 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
546 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
547 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000548 BaseQuals
549 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 } else {
551 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
552 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
553 // program our base object expression is "this".
554 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
555 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000556 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000557 = Context.getTagDeclType(
558 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
559 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000560 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
562 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
563 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000564 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000565 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000566 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
567 }
568 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000569 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
570 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000572 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000573 }
574
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000575 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000576 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
577 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000578 }
579
580 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
581 // anonymous struct/union.
582 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000583 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000584 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
585 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
586 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
587 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000588 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
589 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
590
591 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
592 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
593 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
594 ResultQuals.removeConst();
595
596 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
597 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
598
599 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
600 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
601
602 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
603 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
604 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
605
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000606 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000607 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000608 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
609 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000611 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
613
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615}
616
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000617Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
618 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
619 UnqualifiedId &Name,
620 bool HasTrailingLParen,
621 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
622 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
623 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
624 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
625 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
626 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
627 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
628 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
629 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
630 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
631 TemplateArgsPtr,
632 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
633 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
634 }
635
636 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
637 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
638 // ActOnIdExpression.
639 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
640 Name.StartLocation,
641 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
642 HasTrailingLParen,
643 &SS,
644 IsAddressOfOperand);
645}
646
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000647/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
648/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
649/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
650/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
651/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000652/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
653/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000654///
655/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
656/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
657/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
658/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000659///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000660/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
661/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
662/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
663/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000664Sema::OwningExprResult
665Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
666 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000667 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000668 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000669 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000670 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
671 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000672
673 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
674 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
675 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
676 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000677 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000678 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000679 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000681 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
682 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000683 }
684
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000685 LookupResult Lookup;
686 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000687
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000688 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
689 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
690 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
691 : SourceRange());
692 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000693 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000694
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000695 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000696
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000697 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
698 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000699 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
700 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000701 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
702 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000703 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
704 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000705 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000706 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000707 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000708 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000709 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000710 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000711 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
712 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000713
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000714 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
715 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
716 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
717 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000719 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
720 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
721 // an error.
722 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
723 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
724 << IV->getDeclName());
725 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
726 // same name exists, use the global.
727 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000728 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
729 ClassDeclared != IFace)
730 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000731 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
732 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000733 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000734 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
735 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
736 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
737 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
738 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000739 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000740 return Owned(new (Context)
741 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000742 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000743 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000744 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000745 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000748 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000749 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000750 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
751 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000752 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000753 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000754 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000755 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000756 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000757 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000758
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000759 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000760 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
761 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000762 else
763 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000764 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000765 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000766 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000767
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000768 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
769 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000770 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000771 HasTrailingLParen;
772
773 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000774 // We've seen something of the form
775 //
776 // identifier(
777 //
778 // and we did not find any entity by the name
779 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
780 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
781 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
782 Context.OverloadTy,
783 Loc));
784 }
785
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000786 if (D == 0) {
787 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
788 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000790 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000791 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000792 else {
793 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
794 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000795 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
796 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
797 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
798 << SS->getRange());
799 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000800 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000801 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
802 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000803 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000804 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000805 }
806 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000808 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
809 // Warn about constructs like:
810 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
811 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000812
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000813 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
814 // information to check this property.
815 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
816 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000817 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000818 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000820 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
821 << Var->getDeclName()
822 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
823 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 break;
825 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000826
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000827 // Move to the parent of this scope.
828 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000829 }
830 }
831 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
832 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
833 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
834 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
835 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
836 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
837 // type.
838 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
839 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000840
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000841 QualType T = Func->getType();
842 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000843 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000844 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
845 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
846 }
847 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000848
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000849 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
850}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000851/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000852bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000853Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
854 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000855 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000856 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000857 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000858 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000859 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
860 return false;
861 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
862 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000863 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000864 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
865 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000866 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000867 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
868 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
869 DestRecordType,
870 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
871 From->getSourceRange()))
872 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000873 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
874 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000875 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000876 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000877}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000878
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000879/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000880static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
881 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000882 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
883 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000884 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000885 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000886 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000887 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
888 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
889 Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000891 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
892}
893
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000894/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
895Sema::OwningExprResult
896Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
897 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000898 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000899 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
900 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
901 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000903 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
904 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
905 // not any specific instance's member.
906 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000907 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000908 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000909 QualType DType;
910 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
911 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
912 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
913 DType = Method->getType();
914 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
915 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
916 }
917 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
918 if (!DType.isNull()) {
919 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
920 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000921 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000922 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000923 }
924 }
925 }
926
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000927 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
928 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000929 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000930 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
931 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
932 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000933
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000934 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
935 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
936 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
937 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
938 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
939 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
940 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000941
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000942 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
943 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
944 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
945 // explicitly qualified.
946 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
947 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 }
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000949
950 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
951 return ExprError();
952 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
953 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000954 }
955
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000956 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000957 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
958 if (MD->isStatic())
959 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000960 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
961 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000962 }
963
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000964 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
965 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
966 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
968 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000969 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000970
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000971 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000973 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000974 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000975 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000976 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000977
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000978 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000979 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000980 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
981 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000982 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000983 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
984 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000985 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
987 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000988 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
989
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000990 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000991
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000992 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
993 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
994 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
995 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000996 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000997 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000998 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
999 return ExprError();
1000
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001001 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1002 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001003 return ExprError();
1004
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001005 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1006 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1007 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1008 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001009 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001010 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1011 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1012 //
1013 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001014 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001015 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001016 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001017 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001018 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001019 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1020 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001021 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001022
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001023 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001025 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001026 }
1027 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1028 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001029
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001030 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001031 bool ValueDependent = false;
1032 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1033 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001034 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001035 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1036 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1037 TypeDependent = true;
1038 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1039 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1040 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1041 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1042 TypeDependent = true;
1043 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1044 // names a dependent type.
1045 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001046 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001047 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1048 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001049 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001050 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1051 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1052 TypeDependent = true;
1053 break;
1054 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001055 }
1056 }
1057 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001058
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001059 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1060 //
1061 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1062 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1063 if (TypeDependent)
1064 ValueDependent = true;
1065 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1066 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1067 ValueDependent = true;
1068 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1069 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001070 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stumpfbf68702009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001071 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1072 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001073 Dcl->getInit()) {
1074 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1075 }
1076 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001077 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001078
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001079 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1080 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001081}
1082
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001083Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1084 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001085 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001086
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001087 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001088 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001089 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1090 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1091 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001092 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001093
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001094 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1095 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001096
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001097 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1098 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001099 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001100 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001101 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001102
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001103 QualType ResTy;
1104 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1105 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1106 } else {
1107 unsigned Length =
1108 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001109
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001110 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001111 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001112 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1113 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001114 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001115}
1116
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001117Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001118 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1119 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1120 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1121 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001123 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1124 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1125 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001126 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001127
1128 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1129
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001130 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1131 Literal.isWide(),
1132 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001133}
1134
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1136 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001137 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1138 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001139 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001140 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001141 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001142 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001144
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001145 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001146 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1147 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001148 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001149
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001150 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1151 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001154 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1155 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156 return ExprError();
1157
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001158 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001160 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001161 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001162 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001163 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001164 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001165 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001166 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001167 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001168
1169 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1170
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001171 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1172 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001173 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1174 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001175
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001176 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001177 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001178 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001179 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001180
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001181 // long long is a C99 feature.
1182 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001183 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001184 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1185
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001186 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001187 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1190 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1191 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001192 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1193 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001194 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001195 } else {
1196 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1197 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001198
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1200 // be an unsigned int.
1201 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1202
1203 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001204 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001205 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1206 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001207 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001208
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001209 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1210 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1211 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1212 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001213 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001214 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001215 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001216 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001217 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001218 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001219
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001220 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001221 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001222 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001223
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001224 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1225 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1226 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1227 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001228 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001229 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001230 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001231 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001232 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 }
1234
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001235 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001236 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001237 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001238
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001239 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1240 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1241 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1242 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001243 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001244 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001245 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001246 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001247 }
1248 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001249
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001250 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1251 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001252 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001253 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001254 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001255 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001256 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001257
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001258 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1259 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001261 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001262 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001264 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1265 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001267 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
1269 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001270}
1271
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1273 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001274 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001275 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001276 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277}
1278
1279/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1280/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001281bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001282 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1283 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1284 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001285 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1286 return false;
1287
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001288 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001289 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001290 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001291 if (isSizeof)
1292 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1293 return false;
1294 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001296 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001297 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001298 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1299 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001300 return false;
1301 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001302
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001303 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001304 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001305 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1306 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001307 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001308
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001309 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001310 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001311 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001312 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1313 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001314 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001315
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001316 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001317}
1318
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001319bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1320 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1321 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001322
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001324 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1325 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001326
1327 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1328 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1329 return false;
1330
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001331 if (E->getBitField()) {
1332 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1333 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001334 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001335
1336 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1337 // bit-field.
1338 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001339 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001340 return false;
1341
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001342 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1343}
1344
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001345/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001346Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001347Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1348 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001349 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001350 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001351 return ExprError();
1352
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001353 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1354
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001355 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1356 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1357 return ExprError();
1358
1359 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001360 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001361 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1362 R.getEnd()));
1363}
1364
1365/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1366/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001367Action::OwningExprResult
1368Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001369 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1370 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1371 bool isInvalid = false;
1372 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1373 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1374 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1375 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001376 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001377 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1378 isInvalid = true;
1379 } else {
1380 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1381 }
1382
1383 if (isInvalid)
1384 return ExprError();
1385
1386 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1387 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1388 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1389 R.getEnd()));
1390}
1391
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001392/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1393/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1394/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001395Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001396Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1397 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001398 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001399 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001401 if (isType) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001402 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1403 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1404 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001405 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001406
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001407 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1408 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1409 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1410
1411 if (Result.isInvalid())
1412 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1413
1414 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415}
1416
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001417QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001418 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1419 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001420
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001421 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001422 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001423 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001425 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1426 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1427 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001429 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1431 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001432 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001433}
1434
1435
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001437Action::OwningExprResult
1438Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1439 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001440 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1441 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001442 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001443
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001444 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1445 switch (Kind) {
1446 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1447 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1448 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1449 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001450
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001451 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1452 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1453 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001454 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001455 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1456
1457 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1458 //
1459 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1460 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1461 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1462 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1463 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1464 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1465 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001466 Expr *Args[2] = {
1467 Arg,
1468 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001469 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001470 };
1471
1472 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1473 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001474 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001475
1476 // Perform overload resolution.
1477 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001478 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001479 case OR_Success: {
1480 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1481 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1482
1483 if (FnDecl) {
1484 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1485 // operator.
1486
1487 // Convert the arguments.
1488 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1489 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001490 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001491 } else {
1492 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001493 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001494 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1495 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001496 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001497 }
1498
1499 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001500 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001502 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001503 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001504 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001505 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1506
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001507 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001508 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001509
1510 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1511 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1512 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1513 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1514
1515 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1516 FnDecl))
1517 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson3a9439f2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001518 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1519
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001520 } else {
1521 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1522 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1523 // operator node.
1524 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1525 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001527
1528 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 }
1531
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001532 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1533 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1534 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1535 // candidates.
1536 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1537 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1538 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1539 if (Result.isInvalid())
1540 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1541
1542 return move(Result);
1543 }
1544
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545 case OR_Ambiguous:
1546 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1547 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1548 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1549 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001550 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001551
1552 case OR_Deleted:
1553 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1554 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1555 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1556 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1557 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1558 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001559 }
1560
1561 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1562 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1563 // build a built-in operation.
1564 }
1565
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001566 Input.release();
1567 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001568 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001569}
1570
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001571Action::OwningExprResult
1572Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1573 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001574 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1575 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1576
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001577 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1578 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001580 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001581 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1582 Base.release();
1583 Idx.release();
1584 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1585 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1586 }
1587
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001589 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001590 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1591 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1592 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001593 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001594 }
1595
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001596 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1597}
1598
1599
1600Action::OwningExprResult
1601Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1602 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1603 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1604 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1605
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001606 // Perform default conversions.
1607 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1608 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001609
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001610 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001611
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001612 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001613 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001614 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001615 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001616 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1617 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001618 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1619 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1620 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1621 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001622 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001623 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1624 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001625 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001626 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001627 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001628 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1629 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001630 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001631 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001632 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001633 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1634 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1635 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001636 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001637 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001638 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1639 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1640 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1641 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001642 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001643 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001644 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001645
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001646 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1647 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001648 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1649 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1650 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1651 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1652 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1653 // force the promotion here.
1654 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1655 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001656 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1657 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001658 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1659
1660 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1661 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001662 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001663 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1664 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1665 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1666 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001667 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1668 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001669 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1670
1671 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1672 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001673 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001674 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001675 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1676 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001677 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001678 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001679 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1680 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001681 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1682 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001683
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001684 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001685 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1686 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001687 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1688
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001689 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1691 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001692 // incomplete types are not object types.
1693 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1694 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1695 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1696 return ExprError();
1697 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001698
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001699 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001700 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001701 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1702 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001703 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001704
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001705 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1706 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1707 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1708 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1709 return ExprError();
1710 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001711
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001712 Base.release();
1713 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001714 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001715 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001716}
1717
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001718QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001719CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001720 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001721 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001722 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1723 // see FIXME there.
1724 //
1725 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1726 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001727 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001728
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001729 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001730 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001731
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001732 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001733 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1734 // to be selected.
1735 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001736
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001737 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1738 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001739 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001740
1741 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1742 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001743 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001744 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1745 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001746 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001747 do
1748 compStr++;
1749 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001750 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001751 do
1752 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001753 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001754 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001755
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001756 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001757 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1758 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001759 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1760 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001761 return QualType();
1762 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001763
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001764 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1765 // operates on.
1766 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001767 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001768
1769 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001770 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001771
1772 while (*compStr) {
1773 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1774 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1775 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1776 return QualType();
1777 }
1778 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001779 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001780
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001781 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1782 // number of elements.
1783 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001784 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001785 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001786 return QualType();
1787 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001788
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001789 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001790 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001791 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001792 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001793 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001794 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001795 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001796 if (HexSwizzle)
1797 CompSize--;
1798
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001799 if (CompSize == 1)
1800 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001801
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001802 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001803 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001804 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1805 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1806 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1807 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001808 }
1809 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001810}
1811
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001812static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001813 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001814 const Selector &Sel,
1815 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001816
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001817 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001818 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001819 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001820 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001821
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001822 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1823 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001824 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001825 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001826 return D;
1827 }
1828 return 0;
1829}
1830
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001831static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001832 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001833 const Selector &Sel,
1834 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001835 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1836 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001837 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001838 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001839 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001840 GDecl = PD;
1841 break;
1842 }
1843 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001844 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001845 GDecl = OMD;
1846 break;
1847 }
1848 }
1849 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001850 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001851 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1852 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001853 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001854 if (GDecl)
1855 return GDecl;
1856 }
1857 }
1858 return GDecl;
1859}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001860
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001861Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001862Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001864 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001865 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1866 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001867 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001868 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1869 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001870 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1871 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001872 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1873 return ExprError();
1874
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001875 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1876 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1877
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001878 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001879 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001880
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001881 // Perform default conversions.
1882 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001883
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001884 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001885
1886 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1887 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1888 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1889 // call, and continue on.
1890 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1891 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1892 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1893 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1894 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1895 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1896 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1897 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1898 ->isRecordType()))) {
1899 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1900 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1901 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1902 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1903
1904 OwningExprResult NewBase
1905 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1906 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1907 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1908 return move(NewBase);
1909
1910 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1911 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1912 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1913 }
1914 }
1915 }
1916
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001917 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1918 // use that.
1919 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1920 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1921 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1922 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1923 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001924 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001925 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001926 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001927 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001928
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001929 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1930 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1931 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1932 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1933 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1934 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1935 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1936 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1937 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1938 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1939 // Check the use of this method.
1940 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1941 return ExprError();
1942 }
1943 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1944 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1945 Selector SetterSel =
1946 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1947 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1948 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1949 if (!Setter) {
1950 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1951 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001952 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001953 }
1954 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1955 if (!Setter)
1956 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1957
1958 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1959 return ExprError();
1960
1961 if (Getter || Setter) {
1962 QualType PType;
1963
1964 if (Getter)
1965 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1966 else
1967 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1968 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1969 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1970 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1971 PType,
1972 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1973 }
1974 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1975 << MemberName << BaseType);
1976 }
1977 }
1978
1979 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1980 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1981 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001982 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001983 }
1984
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001985 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1986 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001987 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001988 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1989 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1990 if (SS) {
1991 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1992 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1993 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1994 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995
1996 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001997 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001998 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001999 FirstQualifierInScope,
2000 MemberName,
2001 MemberLoc,
2002 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2003 LAngleLoc,
2004 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2005 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2006 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002007 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002008 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002009 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002010 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2011 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002012 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002013 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2014 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2015 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002016 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002018 // (so we'll report an error for)
2019 // T* t;
2020 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002022 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2023 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2024 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002025 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002026
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002028 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2029 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2030 if (SS) {
2031 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2032 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2033 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2034 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002036 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002037 BaseExpr, false,
2038 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002039 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002040 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002041 FirstQualifierInScope,
2042 MemberName,
2043 MemberLoc,
2044 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2045 LAngleLoc,
2046 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2047 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2048 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002049 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002050 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002051
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002052 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2053 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002054 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002055 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002056 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002057 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2058 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002059 return ExprError();
2060
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002061 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2062 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2063 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2064 // nested-name-specifier.
2065 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor8d1c9ae2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002066
2067 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2068 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2069 << DC << SS->getRange();
2070 return ExprError();
2071 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002072
2073 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002074 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2075 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2076 }
2077
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002078 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002079 LookupResult Result;
2080 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002081
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002082 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002083 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2084 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002085 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002086 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2087 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002088 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002089 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002090
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002091 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2092
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002093 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002094 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002096 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002098 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002099
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002100 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2101 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2102 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2103 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2104 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2105 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002107 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2108 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2109 // error cases.
2110 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2111 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002113 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2114 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2115 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2116 // explicitly qualified.
2117 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2118 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2119 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002120
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002121 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002122 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002123 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002124
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002125 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002126 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2127 // (C++ [class.union]).
2128 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002129 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002130 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002131
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002132 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002133 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002134 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002135 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2136 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002137 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2138 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2139 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2140
2141 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2142 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2143
2144 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2145 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2146 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002147 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002148
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002149 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002150 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2151 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002153 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002154 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002155
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002156 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2157 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002158 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2159 Var, MemberLoc,
2160 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002161 }
2162 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2163 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002164 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2165 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2166 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002167 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002168 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002169 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2170 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002172 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2174 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002175 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2177 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2178 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002179 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002180
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002181 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2182 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2183 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002184 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002185 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002186 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2187 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002188 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2189 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002190 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2192 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2193 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002194 Context.OverloadTy));
2195
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002196 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2197 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002198 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002199 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2200 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002201 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2202 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002203 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002204 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002205 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002206 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002207
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002208 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2209 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2210 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002211 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2212 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002213 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002214 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002215
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002216 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2217 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2218 // pseudo-destructor.
2219 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2220 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002221 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2222 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002223 // type.
2224 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2225 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2226 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002228 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2229 // same as the object type.
2230 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2231 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2232 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2233 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2234 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235
2236 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002237 // the form
2238 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2240 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002241 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2242 //
2243 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2244 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002245
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002246 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2247 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2248 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002249 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002250 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002252 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2253 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2254 MemberLoc));
2255 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002256
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002257 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2258 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002259 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2260 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002261 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002263 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002264 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002265 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2266
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002267 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2268 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002269 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002271 if (IV) {
2272 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2273 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2274 // error cases.
2275 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2276 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002277
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002278 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2279 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2280 return ExprError();
2281 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2282 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2283 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2284 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2285 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2286 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2287 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2288 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2289 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2290 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2291 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2292 // AST for a function decl.
2293 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002295 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2296 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2297 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2298 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2299 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2300 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002301
2302 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2303 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002304 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002306 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002307 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2308 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002309 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002310 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002311 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002312
2313 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2314 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2315 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002316 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002317 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002318 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002319 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002320 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002321 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002322 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002324 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002325 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002326 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002328 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002329 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002330 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2331 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2332 // Check the use of this declaration
2333 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2334 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002336 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2337 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2338 }
2339 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2340 // Check the use of this method.
2341 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2342 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002343
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002344 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002345 OMD->getResultType(),
2346 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002347 NULL, 0));
2348 }
2349 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002350
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002351 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002352 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002353 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002354 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2355 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002356 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002358 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2359 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2360 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002361 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002363 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002364 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002365 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002368 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002369 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002370 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002371 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2372 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002373 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002374 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2375 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002376 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002377 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2378 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002379 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002380 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2381 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2382 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002383
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002384 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002385 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2386 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002387 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2388 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002389 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002390 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2391 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2392 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002393
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002394 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2395 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2396 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002397 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2398 // selector is implemented.
2399
2400 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2401 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2402
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002403 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002404 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002405
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002406 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2407 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002408 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002409
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002410 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002411 if (!Getter)
2412 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002413 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002414 // Check if we can reference this property.
2415 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2416 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002417 }
2418 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2419 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 Selector SetterSel =
2421 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002422 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002423 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002424 if (!Setter) {
2425 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2426 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002427 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002428 }
2429 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002430 if (!Setter)
2431 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002432
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002433 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2434 return ExprError();
2435
2436 if (Getter || Setter) {
2437 QualType PType;
2438
2439 if (Getter)
2440 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002441 else
2442 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2443 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002444 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002445 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002446 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2447 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002448 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002449 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002450 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002451
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002452 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002453 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002454 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002455 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002456 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2457 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2458
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002459 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002460 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002461 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002462 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2463 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002464 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002465 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002466 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002467 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002468
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002469 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2470 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2471
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002472 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002473}
2474
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002475Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2476 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2477 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2478 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2479 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2480 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2481 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2482 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2483 TemplateName Template
2484 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2485
2486 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2487 // twice!
2488 DeclarationName Name;
2489 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2490 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2491 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2492 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002493 else {
2494 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2495 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2496 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2497 else
2498 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2499 }
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002500
2501 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2502 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2503 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
2504 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
2505 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2506
2507 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2508 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
2509 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
2510 TemplateArgs);
2511 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2512
2513 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2514 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2515 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2516 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2517 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2518 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2519 &SS);
2520 }
2521
2522 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2523 // DeclarationName.
2524 OwningExprResult Result
2525 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2526 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2527 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2528 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2529
2530 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2531 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2532 return move(Result);
2533
2534 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2535 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2536 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2537 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2538 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2539 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2540 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2541 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2542 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2543
2544 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2545 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002546}
2547
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002548Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2549 FunctionDecl *FD,
2550 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2551 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2552 Diag (CallLoc,
2553 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2554 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002555 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002556 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2557 } else {
2558 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2559 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2560
2561 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002562 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002563
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002564 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2565 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002566 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002567
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002568 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002569 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002570 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002571
2572 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002573 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2574 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2575 return ExprError();
2576 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002578 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002580 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2581 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2582 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002583 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002584 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002585 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002586 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2587 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2588 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2589 }
2590 }
2591
2592 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2593 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2594}
2595
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2597/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2598/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2599/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2600/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2601/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002602bool
2603Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002604 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002605 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2607 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002608 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002609 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2610 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2611 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002612 bool Invalid = false;
2613
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002614 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2615 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2616 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2617 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2618 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2619 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2620 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2621 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002622 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002623 }
2624
2625 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2626 // them.
2627 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2628 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2629 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2630 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2631 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2632 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2633 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2634 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002635 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002636 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002637 }
2638 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2639 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002640
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002641 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2642 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2643 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002644
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002645 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002646 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002647 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002648
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002649 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2650 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002651 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2652 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002653 return true;
2654
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002655 // Pass the argument.
2656 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2657 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002658 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002659 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660
2661 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002662 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2663 FDecl, Param);
2664 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2665 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002667 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002668 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002670 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2671 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002672
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2674 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002675 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2676 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2677 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2678 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2679 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2680
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002681 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2682 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2683 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002684 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002685 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2686 }
2687 }
2688
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002689 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002690}
2691
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002692/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2693/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2694/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2695/// template arguments, etc.
2696void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2697 NamedDecl *&Function,
2698 DeclarationName &Name,
2699 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2700 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2701 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2702 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002703 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002704 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2705 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2706 Function = 0;
2707 Name = DeclarationName();
2708 Qualifier = 0;
2709 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2710 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2711 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2712
2713 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2714 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2715 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2716 while (true) {
2717 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2718 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2719 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2720 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2721 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2722 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2723 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2724 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2725 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2726 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2727 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002728 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2729 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002730 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2731 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2732 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2733 }
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002734 break;
2735 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2736 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2737 Name = DepName->getName();
2738 break;
2739 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2740 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2741 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2742 if (!Function)
2743 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2744 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2745 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2746 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2747
2748 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2749 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2750 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2751 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2752 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2753 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2754 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2755 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2756 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2757 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2758 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2759 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2760 //
2761 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2762 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2763 // is still possible.
2764 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2765 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2766 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2767 }
2768 break;
2769 } else {
2770 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2771 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2772 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2773 break;
2774 }
2775 }
2776}
2777
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002778/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002779/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2780/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002781Action::OwningExprResult
2782Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2783 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002784 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002785 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002786
2787 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2788 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002790 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002791 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002792 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002793 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002794 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002795 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002796
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002797 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002798 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2799 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2800 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2801 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2802 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2803 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2804 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2805 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002807 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2808 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002810 NumArgs = 0;
2811 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002812
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002813 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2814 RParenLoc));
2815 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002817 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002818 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002819 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2820 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002821 bool Dependent = false;
2822 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2823 Dependent = true;
2824 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2825 Dependent = true;
2826
2827 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002828 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002829 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2830
2831 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2832 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2833 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2834 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2835
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002836 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002837 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2838 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2839 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2840 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2841 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2842 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2843 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002844 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2845 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002846 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002847
2848 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2849 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2850 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2851 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002852 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2853 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2854 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002855
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002856 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2857 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2858 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2859 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002860
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002861 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2862 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2863 TheCall.get(), 0))
2864 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002865
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002866 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2867 RParenLoc))
2868 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002869
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002870 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2871 }
2872 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2873 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2874 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002875 }
2876 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002877 }
2878
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002879 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002881 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002882 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002883 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002884 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002885 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002886 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2887 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2888 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2889 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2890 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002891
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002892 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002893 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002894 if (NDecl) {
2895 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2896 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002897 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2898 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002899 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2900 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002901 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002902
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002903 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002904 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002905 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002906 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002907 ADL = false;
2908
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002909 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2910 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2911 ADL = false;
2912
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002913 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002915 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2916 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2917 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002919 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002920 if (!FDecl)
2921 return ExprError();
2922
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002923 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002924 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002925 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002926
2927 // Promote the function operand.
2928 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2929
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002930 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2931 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002932 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2933 Args, NumArgs,
2934 Context.BoolTy,
2935 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002936
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002937 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2938 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2939 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2940 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002941 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002942 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002943 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2944 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002945 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002946 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002947 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002948 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002949 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002950 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002951 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2952 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2953
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002954 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002955 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2956 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2957 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002958 return ExprError();
2959
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002960 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002961 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002962
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002963 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002964 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002965 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002966 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002967 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002968 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002969
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002970 if (FDecl) {
2971 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2972 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2973 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002974 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002975 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002976 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002977 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2978 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2979 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2980 }
2981 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002982 }
2983
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002984 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002985 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2986 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2987 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002988 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2989 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002990 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2991 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002992 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002993 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002994 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002995 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002996
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002997 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2998 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002999 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3000 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003001
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003002 // Check for sentinels
3003 if (NDecl)
3004 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003005
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003006 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003007 if (FDecl) {
3008 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3009 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003011 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003012 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3013 } else if (NDecl) {
3014 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3015 return ExprError();
3016 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003017
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003018 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003019}
3020
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003021Action::OwningExprResult
3022Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3023 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003024 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003025 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3026 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003027 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003028 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003029 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003030
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003031 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003032 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003033 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3034 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003035 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3036 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003037 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003038 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003039 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003040 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003041
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003042 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003043 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003044 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003045
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003046 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003047 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003048 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003049 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003050 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003051 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003052 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003053 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003054}
3055
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003056Action::OwningExprResult
3057Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003058 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3059 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3060 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003061
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003062 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003064
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003065 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003066 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003067 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003068 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003069}
3070
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003071static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3072 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
3073 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3074 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3075 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3076
3077 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3078 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3079 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3080 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3081 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3082 }
3083
3084 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3085 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3086 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3087 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3088 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3089 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3090 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3091 }
3092
3093 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3094 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3095 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3096 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3097 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3098 }
3099
3100 // FIXME: Assert here.
3101 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3102 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3103}
3104
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003105/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003106bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003108 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3109 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003111 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3112 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003113
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003114 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003115
3116 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3117 // type needs to be scalar.
3118 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3119 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003120 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3121 return false;
3122 }
3123
3124 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003125 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3126 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3127 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3128 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003129 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003130 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3131 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003132 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003133 return false;
3134 }
3135
3136 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003137 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003138 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003139 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003140 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003141 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3142 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3143 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3144 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3145 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3146 break;
3147 }
3148 }
3149 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3150 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3151 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003152 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003153 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003154 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003155
3156 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3157 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3158 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3159 }
3160
3161 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3162 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003163 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3164 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003165 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003166 }
3167
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003168 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3169 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3170
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003171 if (castType->isVectorType())
3172 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3173 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3174 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3175
3176 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003177 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003178
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003179 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3180 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3181
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003182 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003183 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3184 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3185 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3186 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3187 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3188 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3189 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3190 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3191 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3192 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003193 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003194
3195 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003196 return false;
3197}
3198
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003199bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3200 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003201 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003202
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003203 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003204 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003205 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003206 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003207 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003208 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003209 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003210 } else
3211 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003212 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003213 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003214
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003215 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003216 return false;
3217}
3218
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003219bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3220 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003221 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003222
3223 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3224
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003225 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3226 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003227 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3228 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3229 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3230 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003231 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003232 return false;
3233 }
3234
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003235 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003236 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3237 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003238 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3239 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3240 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3241 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003242
3243 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3244 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3245 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003246
3247 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003248 return false;
3249}
3250
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003251Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003252Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003253 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003254 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003255
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003256 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3257 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003258
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003259 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003260 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3261 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003262
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003263 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3264 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3265 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003266 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003268 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003269 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003270
3271 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003272 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003273 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003274
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003275 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3276 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003277
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003278 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3279 } else {
3280 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003281 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003283 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003284 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003285 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003286}
3287
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003288/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3289/// of comma binary operators.
3290Action::OwningExprResult
3291Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3292 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3293 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3294 if (!E)
3295 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003296
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003297 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003298
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003299 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3300 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3301 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003303 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3304}
3305
3306Action::OwningExprResult
3307Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3308 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3309 QualType Ty) {
3310 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003311
3312 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003313 // then handle it as such.
3314 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3315 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3316 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3317 return ExprError();
3318 }
3319
3320 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3321 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3322 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3323
3324 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3325 // braces instead of the original commas.
3326 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003328 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3329 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003330 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003331 Owned(E));
3332 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003333 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003334 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3335 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3336 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3337 }
3338}
3339
3340Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3341 SourceLocation R,
3342 MultiExprArg Val) {
3343 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3344 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3345 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3346 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3347 return Owned(expr);
3348}
3349
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003350/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3351/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003352/// C99 6.5.15
3353QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3354 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003355 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3356 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3357 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3358
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003359 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3360
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003361 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3362 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3363 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3364 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3365 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3366 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003367
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003368 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003369 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3370 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3371 << CondTy;
3372 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003373 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003374
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003375 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003376 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3377 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003378
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003379 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3380 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003381 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3382 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3383 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003384 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003386 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3387 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003388 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3389 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003390 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003391 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003392 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003393 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003394 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003395 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003396
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003397 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003398 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003399 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3400 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3401 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3402 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3403 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3404 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3405 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003406 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3407 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003408 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003409 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003410 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3411 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003412 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003413 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003414 // promote the null to a pointer.
3415 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003416 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003417 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003418 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003419 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003420 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003421 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003422 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003423 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3424 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3425 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3426 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3427 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003428 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003429 return LHSTy;
3430 }
3431 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3432 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003433 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003434 return RHSTy;
3435 }
3436 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3437 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3438 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003439 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003440 return LHSTy;
3441 }
3442 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3443 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003444 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003445 return RHSTy;
3446 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003447 // Handle block pointer types.
3448 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3449 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3450 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3451 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003452 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3453 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003454 return destType;
3455 }
3456 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3457 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3458 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003459 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003460 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3461 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3462 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003463 return LHSTy;
3464 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003465 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003466 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3467 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003468
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3470 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003471 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3472 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3473 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3474 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3475 // to get a consistent AST.
3476 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003477 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3478 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003479 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003480 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003481 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003482 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3483 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003484 return LHSTy;
3485 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003486 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003487 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003489 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3490 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3491 return LHSTy;
3492 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3494 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003496
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003497 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3498 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3499 // type. This allows
3500 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3501 // where B is a subclass of A.
3502 //
3503 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3504 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3505 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3506 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3507
3508 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3509 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003510 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003511 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003512 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003513 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003515 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003516 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003518 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3519 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3520 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3521 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3522 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003523 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003524 } else if (!(compositeType =
3525 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3526 ;
3527 else {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003528 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3529 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3530 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3531 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003532 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3533 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003534 return incompatTy;
3535 }
3536 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003537 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3538 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003539 return compositeType;
3540 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003541 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3542 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003543 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003544 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003545 QualType destPointee
3546 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003547 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003548 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3549 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3550 // Promote to void*.
3551 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003552 return destType;
3553 }
3554 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003555 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003556 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003557 QualType destPointee
3558 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003559 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003560 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3561 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3562 // Promote to void*.
3563 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003564 return destType;
3565 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003566 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3567 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3568 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003569 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3570 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003571
3572 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3573 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3574 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003575 QualType destPointee
3576 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003577 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003578 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3579 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3580 // Promote to void*.
3581 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003582 return destType;
3583 }
3584 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003585 QualType destPointee
3586 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003587 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003588 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3589 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3590 // Promote to void*.
3591 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003592 return destType;
3593 }
3594
3595 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3596 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3597 return LHSTy;
3598 }
3599 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3600 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3601 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3602 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3603 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3604 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3605 // to get a consistent AST.
3606 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003607 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3608 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003609 return incompatTy;
3610 }
3611 // The pointer types are compatible.
3612 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3613 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3614 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3615 // type.
3616 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3617 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003618 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3619 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003620 return LHSTy;
3621 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003623 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3624 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3625 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3626 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003627 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003628 return RHSTy;
3629 }
3630 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3631 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3632 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003633 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003634 return LHSTy;
3635 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003636
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003637 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003638 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3639 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003640 return QualType();
3641}
3642
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003643/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003644/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003645Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3646 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3647 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3648 ExprArg RHS) {
3649 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3650 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003651
3652 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3653 // was the condition.
3654 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3655 if (isLHSNull)
3656 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003657
3658 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003659 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003660 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003661 return ExprError();
3662
3663 Cond.release();
3664 LHS.release();
3665 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003666 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003667 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003668 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003669}
3670
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003671// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003673// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3674// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3675// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003677Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3678 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003679
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003680 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3681 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3682 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3683 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3684 return Compatible;
3685 }
3686
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003687 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003688 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3689 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003690
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003691 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003692 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3693 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003694
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003695 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003696
3697 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3698 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3699 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003700 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003701 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003702 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003703
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3705 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003706 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003707 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003708 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003709 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003710
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003711 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003712 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3713 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003714 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003715
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003716 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003717 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003718 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003719
3720 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003721 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3722 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003723 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003725 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003726 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3727 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3728 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3729 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3730 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3731 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003732 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003733 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003734 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003735 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003736
3737 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003738 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003739 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003740 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003741
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003742 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3743 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3744 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3745 // warning can be disabled.
3746 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3747 return ConvTy;
3748 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3749 }
3750 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003751 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003752 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003753 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003754}
3755
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003756/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3757/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3758/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3759// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760Sema::AssignConvertType
3761Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003762 QualType rhsType) {
3763 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003765 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003766 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3767 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003769 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3770 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3771 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003773 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003775 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3776 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3777 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003779 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003780 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003781 return ConvTy;
3782}
3783
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3785/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003786/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3787///
3788/// int a, *pint;
3789/// short *pshort;
3790/// struct foo *pfoo;
3791///
3792/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3793/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3794/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3795/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3796///
3797/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003798/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003799///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003800Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003801Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003802 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3803 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003804 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3805 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003806
3807 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003808 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003809
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003810 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3811 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3812 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3813 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3814 return Compatible;
3815 }
3816
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003817 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3818 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3819 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3820 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3821 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3822 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3823 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003824 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003825 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003826 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003827 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003828 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003829 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3830 // to the same ExtVector type.
3831 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3832 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3833 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3834 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3835 return Compatible;
3836 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003837
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003838 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003839 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003840 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003841 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003842 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3843 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003844 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003845 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003846 }
3847 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003848 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003849
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003850 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003851 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003852
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003853 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003854 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003855 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003856
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003857 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003858 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003859
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003860 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003861 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003862 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3863 return Compatible;
3864 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003865 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003866 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3867 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003868 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003869
3870 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003871 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003872 return Compatible;
3873 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003874 return Incompatible;
3875 }
3876
3877 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3878 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003879 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003880
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003881 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003882 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003883 return Compatible;
3884
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003885 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3886 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003887
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003888 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003889 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003890 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003891 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003892 return Incompatible;
3893 }
3894
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3896 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3897 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003898
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003899 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003900 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003901 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3902 return Compatible;
3903 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003904 }
3905 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003906 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3907 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003908 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3909 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003910 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3911 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003912 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003913 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003914 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003915 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3916 return Compatible;
3917 }
3918 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3919 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3920 return Compatible;
3921 return Incompatible;
3922 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003923 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003924 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003925 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3926 return Compatible;
3927
3928 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003929 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003930
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003931 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003932 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003933
3934 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003935 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003936 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003937 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003938 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003939 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3940 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3941 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3942 return Compatible;
3943
3944 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3945 return PointerToInt;
3946
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003947 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003948 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003949 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3950 return Compatible;
3951 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003952 }
3953 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003954 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003955 return Compatible;
3956 return Incompatible;
3957 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003958
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003959 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003960 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003961 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003962 }
3963 return Incompatible;
3964}
3965
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003966/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3967/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003969 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3970 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3971 // of the transparent union.
3972 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3973 &E, 1,
3974 SourceLocation());
3975 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3976 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3977
3978 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3979 // union type from this initializer list.
3980 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3981 false);
3982}
3983
3984Sema::AssignConvertType
3985Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3986 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3987
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003989 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3990 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003991 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003992 return Incompatible;
3993
3994 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3995 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3996 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3997 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003998 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3999 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004000 it != itend; ++it) {
4001 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4002 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4003 // 1) void pointer
4004 // 2) null pointer constant
4005 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004006 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004007 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004008 InitField = *it;
4009 break;
4010 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004011
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004012 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4013 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004014 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004015 InitField = *it;
4016 break;
4017 }
4018 }
4019
4020 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4021 == Compatible) {
4022 InitField = *it;
4023 break;
4024 }
4025 }
4026
4027 if (!InitField)
4028 return Incompatible;
4029
4030 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4031 return Compatible;
4032}
4033
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004034Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004035Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4037 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4038 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4039 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4040 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004041 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4042 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004043 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004044 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004045 }
4046
4047 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4048 // structures.
4049 }
4050
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004051 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4052 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004053 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4054 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004055 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004056 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4057 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004058 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004059 return Compatible;
4060 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004061
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004062 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004063 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004064 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004065 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004066 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004067 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004068 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4069 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004070
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004071 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4072 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004074 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4075 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004076 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4077 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4078 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4079 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004080 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004081 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4082 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004083 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004084}
4085
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004086QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004087 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004088 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004089 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004090 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004091}
4092
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004093inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004094 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004095 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004096 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004097 QualType lhsType =
4098 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4099 QualType rhsType =
4100 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004101
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004102 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004103 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004104 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004105
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004106 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4107 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004108 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4109 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004110 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4111 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004112 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004113 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004114 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004115 }
4116 }
4117 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004119 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4120 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4121 bool swapped = false;
4122 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4123 swapped = true;
4124 std::swap(rex, lex);
4125 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4126 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004128 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004129 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004130 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4131 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4132 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004133 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004134 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4135 return lhsType;
4136 }
4137 }
4138 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4139 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4140 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004141 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004142 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4143 return lhsType;
4144 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004145 }
4146 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004147
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004148 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004149 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004150 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004151 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004152 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004153}
4154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004155inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004156 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004158 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004159
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004160 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004161
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004162 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004163 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004164 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004165}
4166
4167inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004168 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004169 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4170 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4171 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4172 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4173 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004174
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004175 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004176
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004177 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004178 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004179 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004180}
4181
4182inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004183 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004184 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4185 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4186 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4187 return compType;
4188 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004189
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004190 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004191
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004192 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004193 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4194 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4195 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004196 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004197 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004198
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004199 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4200 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004201 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004202 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4203
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004204 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004206 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004207 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004208
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004209 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4210 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004211 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4212 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004213 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004214 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004215 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004216
4217 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4218 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4219 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004220 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004221 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4222 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4223 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4224 return QualType();
4225 }
4226
4227 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4228 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4229 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004230 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004231 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004232 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004233 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004234 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4235 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004236 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4237 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004238 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004239 return QualType();
4240 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004241 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4242 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4243 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4244 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4245 return QualType();
4246 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004248 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004249 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4250 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4251 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4252 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4253 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004254 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004255 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4256 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004257 return PExp->getType();
4258 }
4259 }
4260
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004261 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004262}
4263
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004264// C99 6.5.6
4265QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004266 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4267 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4268 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4269 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4270 return compType;
4271 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004272
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004273 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004274
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004275 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004276
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004277 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004278 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4279 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004280 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004281 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004282 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004283
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004284 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004285 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004286 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004287
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004288 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004289
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004290 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4291 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4292 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4293 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4294 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4295 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4296 return QualType();
4297 }
4298
4299 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4300 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4301 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4302 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4303 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004304 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004305 return QualType();
4306 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004307
4308 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4309 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4310 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004312 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004313 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004314 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004315 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004316
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004317 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4318 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4319 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4320 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4321 return QualType();
4322 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004323
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004324 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004325 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4326 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4327 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4328 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4329 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4330 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004331 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004332 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4333
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004334 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004335 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004336 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004337
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004338 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004339 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004340 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004341
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004342 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4343 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4344 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4346 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4347 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4348 return QualType();
4349 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004350
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004351 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4352 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4353 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4354 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004355 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004356 return QualType();
4357 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004358
4359 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4360 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4361 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4362 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4363 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004364 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4365 << rex->getSourceRange()
4366 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004367 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004369 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4370 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4371 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4372 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4373 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4374 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4375 return QualType();
4376 }
4377 } else {
4378 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4379 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4380 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4381 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4382 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4383 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4384 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4385 return QualType();
4386 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004387 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004389 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4390 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4391 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4392 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4393 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004394 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004395 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004396
4397 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004398 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4399 }
4400 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004401
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004402 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004403}
4404
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004405// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004406QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004407 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004408 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4409 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004410 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004411
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004412 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4413 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4414 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4415
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004416 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4417 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004418 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4419 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4420 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4421 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4422 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004423 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004424 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004425 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004426
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004427 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004429 // Sanity-check shift operands
4430 llvm::APSInt Right;
4431 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004432 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4433 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004434 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004435 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4436 else {
4437 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4438 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4439 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4440 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4441 }
4442 }
4443
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004444 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004445 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004446}
4447
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004448/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4449///
4450/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4451/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4452/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004453/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4454/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004455void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004456 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004457 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4458
4459 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4460 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4461 return;
4462
Sebastian Redl732429c2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004463 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4464 // chance at instantiation time.
4465 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4466 return;
4467
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004468 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4469 // signed operand.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004470 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004471 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4472 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4473 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004474 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004475 } else {
4476 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4477 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004478 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004479 }
4480
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004481 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004482 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4483 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004484 // of the comparison will be exact.
4485 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4486 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4487 return;
4488
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004489 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4490 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4491 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004492 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004493 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4494
4495 if (value.isNonNegative())
4496 return;
4497 }
4498
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004499 if (Equality) {
4500 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004501 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4502 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4503 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004504 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4505 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4506
4507 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4508 if (value.isNonNegative())
4509 return;
4510 }
4511 }
4512
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004513 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004514 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4515 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4516}
4517
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004518// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004519QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004520 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4521 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4522
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004523 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004524 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004525
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004526 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4527 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004528
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004529 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004530 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4531 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4532 else {
4533 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4534 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4535 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004536 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4537 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004538
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004539 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4540 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004541 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4542 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4543 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004544 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004545 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004546 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4547 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4548 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4549 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004550 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4551 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004552 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004553
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004554 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4555 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4556 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4557 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004558
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004559 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4560 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004561 Expr *literalString = 0;
4562 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004563 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004564 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4565 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004566 literalString = lex;
4567 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004568 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4569 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004570 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4571 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004572 literalString = rex;
4573 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4574 }
4575
4576 if (literalString) {
4577 std::string resultComparison;
4578 switch (Opc) {
4579 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4580 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4581 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4582 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4583 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4584 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4585 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4586 }
4587 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4588 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4589 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004590 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4591 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4592 "strcmp(")
4593 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4594 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004595 resultComparison);
4596 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004597 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004598
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004599 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004600 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004601
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004602 if (isRelational) {
4603 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004604 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004605 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004606 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004607 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004608 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004609 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004610 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004611
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004612 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004613 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004614 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004615
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004616 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4617 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4618 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4619 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004620
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004621 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4622 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4623 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004624 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004625 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004626 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004627 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004628 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004630 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004631 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4632 return ResultTy;
4633
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004634 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4635 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4636 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4637 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4638 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4639 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004640 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004641 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004642 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004643 if (T.isNull()) {
4644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4645 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4646 return QualType();
4647 }
4648
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004649 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4650 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004651 return ResultTy;
4652 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004653 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4654 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4655 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4656 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4657 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4658 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4659 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4660 }
4661 } else if (!isRelational &&
4662 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4663 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4664 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4665 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4666 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4667 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4668 }
4669 } else {
4670 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004671 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004672 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004673 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004674 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004675 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004676 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004677 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004678
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004679 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004681 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004682 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004683 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4684 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004685 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004686 return ResultTy;
4687 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004688 if (LHSIsNull &&
4689 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4690 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004691 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004692 return ResultTy;
4693 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004694
4695 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004696 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004697 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4698 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004699 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4700 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4701 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4702 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4703 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4704 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4705 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4706 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004707 // types.
4708 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4709 if (T.isNull()) {
4710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4711 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4712 return QualType();
4713 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004714
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004715 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4716 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004717 return ResultTy;
4718 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004719
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004720 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004721 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4722 return ResultTy;
4723 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004724
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004725 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004726 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004727 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4728 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004729
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004730 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004731 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004733 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004734 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004735 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004736 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004737 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004738 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004739 if (!isRelational
4740 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4741 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004742 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004743 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004744 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004745 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004746 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4747 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4748 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004749 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004750 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004751 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004752 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004753
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004754 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004755 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004756 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4757 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004758 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004759 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004761 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004762
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004763 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4764 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004765 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004766 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004767 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004768 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004769 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004770 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004771 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004772 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004773 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4774 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004775 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004776 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004777 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004778 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004779 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004780 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4781 if (RHSIsNull) {
4782 if (isRelational)
4783 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4784 } else if (isRelational)
4785 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4786 else
4787 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004788
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004789 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004790 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004791 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004792 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004793 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004794 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004795 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004796 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004797 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4798 if (LHSIsNull) {
4799 if (isRelational)
4800 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4801 } else if (isRelational)
4802 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4803 else
4804 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004805
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004806 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004807 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004808 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004809 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004810 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004811 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004812 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004813 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004814 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4815 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004816 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004817 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004818 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004819 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4820 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004821 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004822 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004823 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004824 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004825}
4826
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004827/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004828/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004829/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4830/// types.
4831QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004832 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004833 bool isRelational) {
4834 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4835 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004836 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004837 if (vType.isNull())
4838 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004840 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4841 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004842
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004843 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4844 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4845 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4846 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4847 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4848 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4849 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004850 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004851 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004852
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004853 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4854 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4855 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004856 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004857 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004859 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4860 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4861 // elements for floating point vectors.
4862 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4863 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004865 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004866 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004867 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004868 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004869 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004870 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4871
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004873 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004874 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4875}
4876
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004877inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004878 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004879 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004880 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004881
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004882 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004883
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004884 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004885 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004886 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004887}
4888
4889inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004890 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004891 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4892 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004894 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4895 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4896
4897 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4898 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4899 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4900 return Context.BoolTy;
4901 }
4902
4903 return Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004904}
4905
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004906/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4907/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4908/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4909///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004910static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004911 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4912 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4913 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4914 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004915 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004916 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4917 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4918 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4919 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004920 }
4921 }
4922 return false;
4923}
4924
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004925/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4926/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4927static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004928 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004929 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004930 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004931 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4932 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004933 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4934 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004935
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004936 unsigned Diag = 0;
4937 bool NeedType = false;
4938 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4939 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4940 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004941 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004942 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4943 NeedType = true;
4944 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004946 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4947 NeedType = true;
4948 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004949 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004950 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4951 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004952 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004953 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4954 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004955 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4956 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004957 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004958 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4959 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004960 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004961 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4962 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004963 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004964 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4965 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004966 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4967 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4968 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004969 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4970 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4971 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004972 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004973
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004974 SourceRange Assign;
4975 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4976 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004977 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004978 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004979 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004980 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004981 return true;
4982}
4983
4984
4985
4986// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004987QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4988 SourceLocation Loc,
4989 QualType CompoundType) {
4990 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4991 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004992 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004993
4994 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4995 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004996
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004997 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004998 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004999 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005000 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005001 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5002 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5003 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005004 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005005 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005006 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005007 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005008
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005009 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5010 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5011 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005012 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005013 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5014 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5015 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5016 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5017 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005018 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005019 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005020 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5021 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5022 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005023 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5024 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005025 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5026 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5027 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005028 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005029 }
5030 } else {
5031 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005032 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005033 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005034
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005035 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5036 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005037 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005038
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005039 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5040 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005041 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005042 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5043 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005044 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005045 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005046 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005047}
5048
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005049// C99 6.5.17
5050QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005051 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005052 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005053
5054 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5055 // incomplete in C++).
5056
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005057 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005058}
5059
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005060/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5061/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005062QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5063 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005064 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5065 return Context.DependentTy;
5066
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005067 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5068 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005069
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005070 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5071 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5072 if (!isInc) {
5073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5074 return QualType();
5075 }
5076 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5077 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5078 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005079 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005080 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5081 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005082
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005083 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005084 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005085 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5086 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5087 << Op->getSourceRange();
5088 return QualType();
5089 }
5090
5091 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005092 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005093 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005094 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5095 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5096 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5097 return QualType();
5098 }
5099
5100 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005101 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005102 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005103 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005104 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005105 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005106 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005107 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5108 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5109 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5110 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5111 return QualType();
5112 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005113 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5114 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005116 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005117 } else {
5118 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005119 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005120 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005121 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005123 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005124 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005125 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005126 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005127}
5128
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005129/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005130/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005131/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5132/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5133/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5134/// - &(x) => x
5135/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5136/// - &s.xx => s
5137/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5138/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5139/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5140/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005141static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005142 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005143 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005144 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005145 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005146 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5147 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5148 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005149 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005150 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005151 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005152 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005153 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005154 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5155 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005156 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5157 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5158 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5159 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5160 }
5161 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005162 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005163 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5164 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005166 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005167 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5168 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5169 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5170 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5171 default:
5172 return 0;
5173 }
5174 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005175 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005176 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005177 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005178 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5179 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005180 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005181 default:
5182 return 0;
5183 }
5184}
5185
5186/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005187/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005188/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005189/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005190/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005191/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005192/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005193QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005194 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5195 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5196
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005197 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5198 return Context.DependentTy;
5199
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005200 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5201 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5202 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5203 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5204 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5205 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5206 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5207 }
5208 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5209 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5210 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005211 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005212 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005213
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005214 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5215 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005216 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005217 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005218 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005219 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5220 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005221 return QualType();
5222 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005223 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005224 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5225 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5226 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005227 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005228 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5229 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005230 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005231 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005232 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005233 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005234 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5235 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5236 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5237 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5238 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005239 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5240 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005241 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5242 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005243 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005244 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005245 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5246 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5247 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005248 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5249 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005250 return QualType();
5251 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005252 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5253 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005254 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005255 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005256 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005257 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5258 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005259 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005260 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005261 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5262 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005263 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005264 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5265 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5266 return QualType();
5267 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005268
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005269 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5270 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005271 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005272 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005273 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005274 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005275 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005276 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5277 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005278 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5279 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5280 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005281 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005282 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005283
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005284 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5285 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5286 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5287 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5288 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5289 }
5290
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005291 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5292 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5293}
5294
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005295QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005296 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5297 return Context.DependentTy;
5298
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005299 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5300 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005302 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5303 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5304 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5305 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005306 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005307 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005308
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005309 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005310 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005311
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005312 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005313 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005314 return QualType();
5315}
5316
5317static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5318 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5319 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5320 switch (Kind) {
5321 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005322 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5323 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005324 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5325 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5326 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5327 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5328 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5329 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5330 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5331 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5332 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5333 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5334 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5335 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5336 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5337 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5338 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5339 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5340 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5341 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5342 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5343 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5344 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5345 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5346 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5347 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5348 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5349 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5350 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5351 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5352 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5353 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5354 }
5355 return Opc;
5356}
5357
5358static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5359 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5360 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5361 switch (Kind) {
5362 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5363 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5364 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5365 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5366 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5367 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5368 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5369 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5370 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005371 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5372 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5373 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5374 }
5375 return Opc;
5376}
5377
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005378/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5379/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5380/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005381Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5382 unsigned Op,
5383 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005384 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005385 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005386 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5387 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5388 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005389
5390 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005391 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5392 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5393 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005394 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5395 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5396 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5397 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5398 break;
5399 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005400 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5401 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5402 break;
5403 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5404 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5405 break;
5406 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5407 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5408 break;
5409 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5410 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5411 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005412 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005413 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5414 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5415 break;
5416 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5417 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5418 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5419 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005420 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005421 break;
5422 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5423 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005424 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005425 break;
5426 case BinaryOperator::And:
5427 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5428 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5429 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5430 break;
5431 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5432 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5433 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5434 break;
5435 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5436 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005437 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5438 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5439 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5440 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005441 break;
5442 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005443 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5444 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5445 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5446 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005447 break;
5448 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005449 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5450 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5451 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005452 break;
5453 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005454 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5455 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5456 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005457 break;
5458 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5459 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005460 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5461 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5462 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5463 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005464 break;
5465 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5466 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5467 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005468 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5469 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5470 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5471 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005472 break;
5473 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5474 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5475 break;
5476 }
5477 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005478 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005479 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005480 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5481 else
5482 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005483 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5484 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005485}
5486
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005487/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5488/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005489static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5490 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5491 SourceRange ParenRange)
5492{
5493 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5494 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5495 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5496 // warning/error and return.
5497 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5498 return;
5499 }
5500
5501 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5502 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5503 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5504}
5505
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005506/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5507/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5508/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5509/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005510static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5511 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005512 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5513 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5514 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5515 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005516 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005517 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005518 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5519
5520 // Subs are not binary operators.
5521 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5522 return;
5523
5524 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5525 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005526 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5527 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005528 return;
5529
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005530 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005531 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5532 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005533 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5534 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5535 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5536 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005537 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5538 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005539 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5540 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5541 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005542}
5543
5544/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5545/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5546/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5547static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5548 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005549 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005550 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5551}
5552
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005553// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005554Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5555 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5556 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005557 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005558 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005559
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005560 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5561 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005562
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005563 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5564 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5565
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005566 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5567}
5568
5569Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5570 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5571 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005572 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005573 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005574 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5575 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5576 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5577 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5578 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005579 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005580 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5581 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005582 if (S)
5583 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5584 Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005585 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005586 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005587 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005588 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005589 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005590
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005591 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5592 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005593 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005594 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005595
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005596 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005597 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005598}
5599
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005600Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005601 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005602 ExprArg InputArg) {
5603 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005604
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005605 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005606 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005607 QualType resultType;
5608 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005609 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5610 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5611 break;
5612
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005613 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5614 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005615 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5616 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005617 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005618 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5619 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005620 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005622 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5623 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005624 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005625 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005626 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5627 break;
5628 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5629 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005630 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5631 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005632 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5633 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005634 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5635 break;
5636 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5637 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5638 break;
5639 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5640 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5641 resultType->isPointerType())
5642 break;
5643
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005644 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5645 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005646 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005647 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5648 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005649 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5650 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005651 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5652 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5653 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005654 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005655 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005656 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005657 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5658 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005659 break;
5660 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5661 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005662 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5663 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005664 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5665 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005666 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005667 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5668 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005669 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005670 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5671 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005672 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005673 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005674 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005675 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005676 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005677 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005678 resultType = Input->getType();
5679 break;
5680 }
5681 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005682 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005683
5684 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005685 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005686}
5687
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005688Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5689 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5690 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005691 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005692 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5693 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5694 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5695 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5696 // the arguments.
5697 FunctionSet Functions;
5698 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5699 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005700 if (S)
5701 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5702 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005703 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005704 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005705 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005706 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005707
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005708 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5709 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005710
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005711 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5712}
5713
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005714// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5715Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5716 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5717 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5718}
5719
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005720/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005721Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5722 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5723 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005724 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005725 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005726
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005727 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5728 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005729 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005730 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005731
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005732 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005733 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5734 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005735}
5736
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005737Sema::OwningExprResult
5738Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5739 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5740 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005741 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5742 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5743
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005744 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005745 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005746 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005747
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005748 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5749 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5750 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005751
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005752 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5753 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5754 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005755
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005756 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5757 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5758 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5759 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5760 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005761
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005762 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005763 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005764 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005765
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005766 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5767 // expressions are not lvalues.
5768
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005769 substmt.release();
5770 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005771}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005772
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005773Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5774 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5775 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5776 TypeTy *argty,
5777 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5778 unsigned NumComponents,
5779 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5780 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5781 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005782 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5783 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005784 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005785
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005786 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5787
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005788 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5789 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5790 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005791 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005792 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005793
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005794 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5795 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005796
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005797 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5798 // the offsetof designators.
5799 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5800 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005801 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005802 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005803
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005804 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5805 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005806 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5807 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005808 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005809 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5810 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005811
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005812 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005813 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005814
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005815 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5816 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5817 return ExprError();
5818
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005819 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5820 // leaks like a sieve.
5821 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5822 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5823 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5824 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5825 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5826 if (!AT) {
5827 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005828 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5829 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005830 }
5831
5832 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5833
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005834 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5835 // expression.
5836 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5837
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005838 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5839 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005840 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005841 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005842 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005843 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005844 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005845
5846 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5847 OC.LocEnd);
5848 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005849 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005850
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005851 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005852 if (!RC) {
5853 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005854 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5855 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005856 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005857
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005858 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5859 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005860 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005861 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005862 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5863 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5864 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005865 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5866 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005867 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005868
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005869 LookupResult R;
5870 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5871
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005872 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005873 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005874 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005875 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005876 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5877 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005878
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005879 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5880 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005881 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005882 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5883 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005884 } else {
5885 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5886 // doesn't matter here.
5887 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5888 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5889 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005890 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005891 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005892
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005893 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5894 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005895}
5896
5897
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005898Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5899 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5900 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005901 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5902 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5903 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005904
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005905 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005906
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005907 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5908 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5909 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5910 return ExprError();
5911 }
5912
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005913 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5914 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005915}
5916
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005917Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5918 ExprArg cond,
5919 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5920 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5921 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5922 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5923 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005924
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005925 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5926
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005927 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005928 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005929 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005930 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005931 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005932 } else {
5933 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5934 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5935 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5936 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005937 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5938 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5939 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005940
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005941 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5942 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005943 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5944 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005945 }
5946
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005947 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5948 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005949 resType, RPLoc,
5950 resType->isDependentType(),
5951 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005952}
5953
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005954//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5955// Clang Extensions.
5956//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5957
5958/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005959void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005960 // Analyze block parameters.
5961 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005962
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005963 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5964 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5965 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005966
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005967 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005968 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005969 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005970 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005971 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5972 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005973
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005974 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005975 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005976}
5977
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005978void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005979 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005980
5981 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5982 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005983 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005984 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5985
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005986 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5987 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5988 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5989 return;
5990 }
5991
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005992 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5993 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5994 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5995
5996 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5997 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005998 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005999 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006000 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006001 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006002 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6003 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006004 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006005
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006006 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6007 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6008 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6009 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6010 return;
6011 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006012 return;
6013 }
6014
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006015 // Analyze arguments to block.
6016 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6017 "Not a function declarator!");
6018 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006019
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006020 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6021 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006022
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006023 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6024 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6025 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6026 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006027 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6028 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006029 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006030 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006031 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6032 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006033 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006034 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006035 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006036 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006037 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006038 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006039 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006040 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6041 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6042 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6043 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6044 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006045
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006046 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006047 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006048 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006049 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006050 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006051 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6052 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006053
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006054 // Analyze the return type.
6055 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006056 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006057
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006058 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6059 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6060 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6061 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6062 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006063 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006064}
6065
6066/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6067/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6068void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6069 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6070 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006071
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006072 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6073
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006074 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006075 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006076 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006077 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006078}
6079
6080/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6081/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006082Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6083 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006084 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6085 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6086 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006087
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006088 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6089 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006090
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006091 PopDeclContext();
6092
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006093 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6094 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006095
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006096 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006097 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6098 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006099
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006100 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6101 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6102 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006103
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006104 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006105 QualType BlockTy;
6106 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006107 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6108 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006109 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006110 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006111 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6112 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006113
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006114 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006115 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006116 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006117
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006118 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6119 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6120 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6121 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006122
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006123 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006124 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006125 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6126 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006127}
6128
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006129Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6130 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6131 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006132 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006133 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6134 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006135
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006136 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006137
6138 // Get the va_list type
6139 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006140 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6141 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6142 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6143 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006144 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006145 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6146 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6147 } else {
6148 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6149 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006150 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006151 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006152 return ExprError();
6153 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006154
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006155 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6156 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006157 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6158 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006159 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006160 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006161
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006162 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006163 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006164
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006165 expr.release();
6166 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6167 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006168}
6169
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006170Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006171 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6172 // pointers on the target.
6173 QualType Ty;
6174 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6175 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6176 else
6177 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6178
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006179 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006180}
6181
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006182bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6183 SourceLocation Loc,
6184 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6185 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6186 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6187 bool isInvalid = false;
6188 unsigned DiagKind;
6189 switch (ConvTy) {
6190 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6191 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006192 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006193 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6194 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006195 case IntToPointer:
6196 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6197 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006198 case IncompatiblePointer:
6199 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6200 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006201 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6202 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6203 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006204 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6205 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6206 break;
6207 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006208 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6209 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6210 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6211 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6212 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6213 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6214 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6215 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6216 // C++ semantics.
6217 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6218 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6219 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006220 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6221 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006222 case IntToBlockPointer:
6223 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6224 break;
6225 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006226 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006227 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006228 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006229 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006230 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6231 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6232 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006233 case IncompatibleVectors:
6234 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6235 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006236 case Incompatible:
6237 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6238 isInvalid = true;
6239 break;
6240 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006241
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006242 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6243 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006244 return isInvalid;
6245}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006246
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006247bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006248 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6249 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6250 if (Result)
6251 *Result = ICEResult;
6252 return false;
6253 }
6254
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006255 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6256
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006257 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006258 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6259 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6260
6261 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6262 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6263 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6264 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6265 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6266 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6267 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006268
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006269 return true;
6270 }
6271
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006272 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6273 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006274
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006275 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6276 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6277 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006278
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006279 if (Result)
6280 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6281 return false;
6282}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006283
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006284Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6285Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006286 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6287 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6288 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006289
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006290 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6291 return NewContext;
6292}
6293
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006294void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006295Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6296 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6297 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6298
6299 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6300 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6301 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6302 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6303 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6304 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6305 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006306
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006307 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6308 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6309 I != IEnd; ++I)
6310 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6311 }
6312}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006313
6314/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6315///
6316/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6317/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6318/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6319/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6320///
6321/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6322///
6323/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6324void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6325 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006326
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006327 if (D->isUsed())
6328 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006329
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006330 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6331 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6332 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6333 // -Wunused-parameters)
6334 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6335 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006336 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006337
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006338 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6339 // an instantiation.
6340 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6341 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006342
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006343 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6344 case Unevaluated:
6345 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6346 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006347
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006348 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6349 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6350 // "used"; handle this below.
6351 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006352
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006353 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6354 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6355 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6356 // potentially evaluated.
6357 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6358 return;
6359 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006360
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006361 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006362 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006363 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006364 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6365 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6366 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006367 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006368 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006369 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6370 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6371 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006372 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6373 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6374 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006375
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006376 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6377 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6378 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6379 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6380 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6381 }
6382 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006383 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006384 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006385 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006386 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006387 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6388 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6389 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6390 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6391 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006392 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6393 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006394 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6395 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6396 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6397 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6398 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006399 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6400 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006401 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6402 }
6403
6404 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6405 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6406 }
6407
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006408 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006409 Function->setUsed(true);
6410 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006411 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006412
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006413 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006414 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006415 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006416 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6417 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6418 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6419 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6420 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6421 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6422 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6423 }
6424 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006425
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006426 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006427
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006428 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006429 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006430 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006431}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006432
6433bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6434 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6435 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6436 return false;
6437
6438 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6439 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6440 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6441 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6442
6443 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6444 FD ?
6445 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6446 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6447 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6448 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6449 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6450 return true;
6451
6452 return false;
6453}
6454
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006455// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6456// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6457void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6458 SourceLocation Loc;
6459
6460 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6461 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6462 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6463 return;
6464
6465 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6466 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6467 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6468 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6469 return;
6470
6471 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6472 } else {
6473 // Not an assignment.
6474 return;
6475 }
6476
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006477 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006478 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006479
6480 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6481 << E->getSourceRange()
6482 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6483 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6484}
6485
6486bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6487 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6488
6489 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6490 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6491
6492 QualType T = E->getType();
6493
6494 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6495 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6496 return true;
6497 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6498 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6499 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6500 return true;
6501 }
6502 }
6503
6504 return false;
6505}